1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
43 #include "libiberty.h"
44 #include "safe-ctype.h"
45 #include "elf-linux-psinfo.h"
51 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
52 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
53 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
70 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
71 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
72 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
73 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
74 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
75 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
76 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
84 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
102 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
103 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
124 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
125 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
126 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
127 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
128 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
136 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
152 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
153 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
154 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
155 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
156 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
177 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
180 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
188 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
199 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
204 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
207 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h
& 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
224 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
225 unsigned long h
= 5381;
228 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
229 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
230 return h
& 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
241 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
242 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
245 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
246 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
251 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
280 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
284 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
286 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
287 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
290 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
291 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
295 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
300 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
301 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
303 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
305 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
308 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
309 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
310 the string table over and over. */
311 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
314 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
315 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
317 return (char *) shstrtab
;
321 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
322 unsigned int shindex
,
323 unsigned int strindex
)
325 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
330 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
333 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
335 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
336 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
339 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
341 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
342 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
343 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
344 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
345 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
347 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
351 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
354 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
355 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
356 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
357 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
358 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
359 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
360 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
363 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
364 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
367 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
369 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
371 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
373 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
374 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
375 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
376 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
377 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
378 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
379 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
384 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
390 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
392 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
393 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
395 /* Read the symbols. */
397 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
399 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
400 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
401 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
402 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
403 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
405 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
406 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
408 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
409 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
410 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
416 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
420 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
421 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
422 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
424 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
425 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
426 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
428 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
429 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
430 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
437 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
439 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
440 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
441 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
442 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
446 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
447 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
448 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
449 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
451 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
452 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
454 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
455 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
456 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
457 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
458 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
465 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
467 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
468 free (alloc_extshndx
);
473 /* Look up a symbol name. */
475 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
476 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
477 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
481 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
482 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
484 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
485 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
486 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
488 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
489 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
492 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
495 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
496 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
501 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
502 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
505 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
506 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
508 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
510 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
511 signature just a string? */
514 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
516 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
517 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
518 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
519 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
521 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
522 that it is a symbol table section. */
523 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
525 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
526 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
527 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
530 /* Go read the symbol. */
531 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
532 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
533 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
536 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
539 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
542 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
544 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
546 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
547 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
550 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
552 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
553 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
554 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
557 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
558 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
559 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
560 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
561 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
563 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
565 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
567 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
573 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
574 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
578 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
579 so we can find them quickly. */
582 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
583 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
584 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
585 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
589 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
591 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
593 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
596 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
598 /* Add to list of sections. */
599 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
602 /* Read the raw contents. */
603 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
604 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
605 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
606 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
607 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
608 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
611 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
612 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
616 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
618 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
619 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
623 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
624 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
625 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
627 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
628 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
635 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
636 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
639 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
640 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
641 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
646 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
647 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
650 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
657 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
661 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
663 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
664 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
665 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
667 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
668 section is a member. */
670 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
674 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
675 other members to see if any others are linked via
677 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
678 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
680 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
681 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
685 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
686 insert current section in circular list. */
687 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
688 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
689 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
695 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
698 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
700 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
701 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
704 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
706 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
707 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
715 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
717 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
724 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
727 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
728 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
731 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
732 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
734 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
735 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
737 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
738 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
739 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
740 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
743 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
744 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
745 bed
->link_order_error_handler
746 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
751 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
753 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
755 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
756 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
760 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
761 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
764 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
765 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
766 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
770 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
775 /* Process section groups. */
776 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
779 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
781 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
782 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
783 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
786 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
787 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
788 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
789 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
790 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
791 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
792 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
793 relocation sections are in section group in input object
795 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
798 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
799 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
800 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
802 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
803 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
804 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
807 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
815 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
817 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
820 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
821 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
824 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
825 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
831 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
833 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
836 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
840 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
841 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
842 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
844 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
845 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
846 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
848 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
850 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
851 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
852 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
853 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
856 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
857 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
858 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
859 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
860 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
861 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
864 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
867 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
868 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
869 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
871 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
873 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
876 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
877 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
878 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
880 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
881 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
883 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
884 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
885 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
886 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
888 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
890 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
891 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
898 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'n')
899 p
= ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n
= 17;
900 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'd')
901 p
= ".gdb_index", n
= 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
902 else if (name
[1] == 'l')
904 else if (name
[1] == 's')
906 else if (name
[1] == 'z')
907 p
= ".zdebug", n
= 7;
910 if (p
!= NULL
&& strncmp (name
, p
, n
) == 0)
911 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
915 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
916 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
917 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
918 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
919 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
920 all but one of the sections. */
921 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
922 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
923 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
925 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
926 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
927 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
930 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
933 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
934 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
935 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
936 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
940 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
943 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, -1);
947 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
949 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
950 unsigned int i
, nload
;
952 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
953 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
954 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
955 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
956 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
957 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
958 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
960 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
962 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
965 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
966 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
968 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
969 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
970 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
971 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
973 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
974 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
975 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
977 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
978 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
979 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
980 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
981 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
982 segment will contain sections with contiguous
983 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
984 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
985 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
987 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
988 offsets whether a section with zero size should
989 be placed at the end of one segment or the
990 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
991 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
992 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
993 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
999 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1000 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1001 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1002 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1003 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1005 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1008 if (bfd_is_section_compressed (abfd
, newsect
))
1010 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1011 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1012 action
= decompress
;
1016 /* Normal section. Check if we should compress. */
1017 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
) && newsect
->size
!= 0)
1027 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1029 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1030 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1036 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1038 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
1039 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1043 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
1047 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1049 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1050 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1056 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1058 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
1059 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1062 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
1066 if (new_name
!= NULL
)
1067 bfd_rename_section (abfd
, newsect
, new_name
);
1073 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
1074 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1075 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1076 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1079 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1080 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1081 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1082 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1083 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1084 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1085 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1086 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1087 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1089 bfd_reloc_status_type
1090 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1091 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1093 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1094 asection
*input_section
,
1096 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1098 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1099 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1100 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1101 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1103 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1104 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1107 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1110 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1114 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1116 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1117 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1120 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1122 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1123 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1126 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1128 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1129 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1130 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1132 /* Copy object attributes. */
1133 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1138 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1143 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1144 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1145 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1146 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1147 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1148 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1149 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1150 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1151 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1152 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1153 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1154 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1159 /* Print out the program headers. */
1162 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1164 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1165 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1167 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1169 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1174 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1175 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1176 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1178 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1183 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1186 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1187 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1188 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1189 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1190 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1191 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1192 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1193 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1194 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1195 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1196 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1197 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1198 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1199 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1200 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1201 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1202 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1207 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1210 unsigned int elfsec
;
1211 unsigned long shlink
;
1212 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1214 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1216 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1218 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1221 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1222 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1224 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1226 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1227 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1230 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1231 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1233 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1234 const char *name
= "";
1236 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1237 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1239 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1241 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1248 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1249 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1251 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1253 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1258 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1259 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1260 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1261 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1262 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1263 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1264 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1265 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1266 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1267 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1268 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1269 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1270 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1271 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1272 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1273 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1274 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1275 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1276 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1277 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1278 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1279 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1280 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1281 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1282 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1283 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1284 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1285 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1286 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1287 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1288 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1289 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1290 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1291 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1292 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1293 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1294 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1295 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1296 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1297 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1298 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1299 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1300 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1301 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1302 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1303 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1304 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1305 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1306 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1307 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1308 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1309 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1310 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1311 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1312 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1313 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1314 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1315 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1318 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1322 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1327 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1329 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1332 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1341 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1342 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1344 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1348 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1350 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1352 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1353 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1355 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1356 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1357 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1358 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1360 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1363 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1367 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1373 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1375 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1377 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1378 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1380 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1382 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1383 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1384 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1385 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1386 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1387 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1399 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1402 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1405 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1407 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1410 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1411 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1413 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1414 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1415 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1416 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol
->flags
);
1418 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1420 const char *section_name
;
1421 const char *name
= NULL
;
1422 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1423 unsigned char st_other
;
1426 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1428 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1429 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1430 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1434 name
= symbol
->name
;
1435 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1438 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1439 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1440 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1441 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1442 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1443 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1444 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1446 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1447 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1449 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1450 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1451 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0
1452 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1454 unsigned int vernum
;
1455 const char *version_string
;
1457 vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
1460 version_string
= "";
1461 else if (vernum
== 1)
1462 version_string
= "Base";
1463 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1465 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1468 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1470 version_string
= "";
1471 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1475 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1477 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1479 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1481 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1488 if ((((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
1489 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1494 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1495 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1500 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1501 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1506 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1507 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1508 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1510 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1512 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1515 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1521 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1523 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1524 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1526 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1528 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1533 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1534 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1535 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1537 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1544 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1546 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1549 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1551 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
1552 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
1553 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1556 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
1559 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1560 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1561 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
1566 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1567 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1570 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1573 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1574 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1575 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1576 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1577 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1578 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1579 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1580 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1581 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1582 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1584 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1585 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1587 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
1589 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1590 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1591 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
1594 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
1595 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1596 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1598 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1603 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1605 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1607 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1609 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1610 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1611 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1612 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1614 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1615 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1619 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1621 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1622 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1624 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1625 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1627 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1635 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table */
1636 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1639 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1641 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1643 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1645 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1646 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1647 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1651 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1652 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1653 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1654 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1655 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1657 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1658 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1659 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1660 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1661 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1663 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1664 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1665 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1669 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1670 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1671 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1672 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1674 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1676 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1677 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1679 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1680 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1681 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1685 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1687 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1688 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1689 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1693 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1697 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1698 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1701 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1703 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1705 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1707 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1708 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1709 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1713 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1714 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1715 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1716 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1717 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1719 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1720 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1721 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1723 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1724 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1727 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1728 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1729 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1730 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1733 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table */
1734 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1736 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1738 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1739 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1742 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1745 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1746 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1749 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1752 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1753 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1754 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1755 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1757 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1761 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1762 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1763 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1764 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1766 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1768 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1769 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1771 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1772 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1774 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1777 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
1779 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1781 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1782 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
1786 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1790 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1792 asection
*target_sect
;
1793 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
1794 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1795 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
1799 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1800 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
1803 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1804 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
1806 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
1807 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1808 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
1809 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1813 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1814 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1815 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1816 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1817 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1818 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1819 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
1821 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
1822 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
1823 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
1824 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
1830 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
1832 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1833 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1844 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
1847 /* Get the symbol table. */
1848 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1849 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1850 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
1853 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1854 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1855 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1856 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1857 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1858 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
1859 sh_link points to the null section. */
1860 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
1861 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
1862 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
1863 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
1864 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1865 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1866 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1869 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
1871 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
1872 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
1875 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
1876 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1877 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
1879 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
1881 BFD_ASSERT (*p_hdr
== NULL
);
1882 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
1883 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1888 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
1889 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
1890 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
1891 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
1892 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1893 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1894 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1895 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1897 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1898 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
1900 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
1904 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
1905 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
1906 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
1907 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1909 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
1910 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
1912 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
1913 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
1914 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1916 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
1917 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
1918 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
1919 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1925 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
1927 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1929 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
1931 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
1932 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
1935 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
1936 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
1937 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1939 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1941 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
1945 if (idx
->shdr
!= NULL
1946 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
1947 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
1949 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
1957 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1958 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1959 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
1961 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1963 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
1967 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1968 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1971 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
1973 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1974 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1975 for applications? */
1976 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1977 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1978 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1979 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1981 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1982 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1985 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
1986 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
1987 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1988 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1989 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1991 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1992 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
1994 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
1995 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
1996 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
1997 required to correctly process the section and the file should
1998 be rejected with an error message. */
1999 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2000 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2002 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2004 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2005 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2008 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2009 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2010 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2011 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2019 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2022 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2024 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2026 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2028 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2030 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2031 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2032 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2034 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2035 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2036 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2039 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2041 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2044 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2047 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2050 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2054 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2056 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2058 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2061 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2063 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2064 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2067 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2069 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2070 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2073 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2075 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2076 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2077 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2078 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2079 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2080 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2081 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2082 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2083 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2084 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2085 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2086 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2087 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2088 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2091 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2093 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2094 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2095 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2098 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2100 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2101 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2102 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2103 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2104 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2105 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2106 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2107 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2108 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2109 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2112 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2114 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2115 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2118 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2120 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2121 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2122 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2123 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2126 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2128 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2129 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2132 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2134 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2135 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2136 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2139 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2141 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2142 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2143 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2146 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2148 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2149 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2150 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2151 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2152 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2155 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2157 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2158 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2159 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2160 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2161 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2162 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2163 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2166 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2168 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2169 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2170 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2171 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2174 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2176 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2177 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2178 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2179 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2180 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2183 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2185 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2186 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2187 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2189 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2190 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2191 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2192 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2195 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2197 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2199 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2201 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2202 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2203 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2209 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2212 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2213 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2214 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2220 len
= strlen (name
);
2222 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2225 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2227 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2229 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2232 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2233 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2235 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2237 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2239 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2240 && (suffix_len
== -2
2241 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2247 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2249 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2250 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2260 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2261 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2264 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2265 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2267 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2268 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2271 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2272 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2275 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2276 bed
->special_sections
,
2282 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2285 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2286 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2289 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2294 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2298 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2300 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2301 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2302 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2304 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2307 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2311 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2314 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2315 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2316 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2318 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2319 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2320 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2321 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2322 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2323 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2324 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2325 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2326 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2327 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2328 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2330 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2333 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2334 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2335 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2337 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2338 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2342 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2345 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2347 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2348 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2349 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2350 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2352 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2353 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2354 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2355 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2356 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2357 of combined data+bss.
2359 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2360 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2361 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2362 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2363 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2368 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2369 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2371 const char *type_name
)
2379 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2380 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2381 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2383 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2385 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2386 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2387 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2390 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2391 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2392 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2394 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2395 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2396 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2397 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2398 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2399 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2400 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2402 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2403 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2404 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2406 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2408 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2411 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2413 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2417 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2421 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2422 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2423 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2426 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2427 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2428 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2430 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2431 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2432 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2433 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2434 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2435 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2436 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2437 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2438 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2440 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2441 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2442 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2443 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2444 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2445 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2446 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
2448 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2449 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2450 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2452 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2453 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2460 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
2462 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2464 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2467 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
2470 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load");
2473 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
2476 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
2479 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
2481 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2486 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
2489 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
2491 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2492 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
2496 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
2499 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
2502 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2503 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2504 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
2508 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2512 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
2514 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
2516 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
2517 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
2520 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
2523 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
2524 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
2525 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
2529 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2530 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
2532 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2534 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
2536 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2539 amt
= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
);
2540 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
2541 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2542 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
2544 amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2545 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2548 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2550 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2552 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2554 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2555 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2556 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2557 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2558 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2559 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2560 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2561 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2562 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2567 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
2570 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
2572 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2573 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2575 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
2578 struct fake_section_arg
2580 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
2584 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2587 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
2589 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
2590 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2591 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
2592 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2593 unsigned int sh_type
;
2597 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2602 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
2604 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2605 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2606 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2612 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2614 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2615 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2616 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2618 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2620 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2621 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2622 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2623 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2624 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2625 copy_private_section_data. */
2627 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2628 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2630 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2632 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2633 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2635 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
2637 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2638 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2639 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
2640 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
2641 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2643 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2644 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2645 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2646 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2647 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2648 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
2649 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2652 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2658 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2659 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2660 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2667 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2671 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2675 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2679 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2680 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2684 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2685 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2688 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2689 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2692 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2693 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2694 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2695 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2697 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2698 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2700 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2701 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2704 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2705 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2706 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2707 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2709 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2710 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2712 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2713 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2717 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
2721 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
2725 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2726 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2727 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2728 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2729 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2730 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2731 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2733 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2734 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2735 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2736 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2738 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2739 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2740 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2742 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2743 if (asect
->size
== 0
2744 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2746 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2748 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2751 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2752 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2753 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2757 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
2758 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
2760 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2761 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2762 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2763 create the other. */
2764 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
2766 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
2769 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
2770 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
2771 && (arg
->link_info
->relocatable
|| arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
2773 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
2774 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, asect
, FALSE
))
2779 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
2780 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, asect
, TRUE
))
2786 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2788 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
2794 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2795 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
2796 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2797 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2800 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
2802 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2803 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2804 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2808 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
2809 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
2810 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
2811 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
2814 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2816 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
2817 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2821 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2823 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2827 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
2829 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
2831 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
2833 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2834 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2838 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2839 elf_section_syms. */
2840 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
2841 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2843 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2845 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
2847 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
2848 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
2849 set until all local symbols are output. */
2850 asection
*igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
2851 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
2852 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
2853 unsigned long extsymoff
= 0;
2854 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2856 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
2858 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2860 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
2861 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2863 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
2864 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2865 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2866 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2868 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
2871 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2873 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2876 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2878 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2879 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2880 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2887 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
2889 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2890 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2891 start of the input section group. */
2892 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
2894 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2895 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2896 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2897 directives, not that it matters. */
2904 s
= s
->output_section
;
2906 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
2908 unsigned int idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2911 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
2913 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
2918 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
2921 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
2924 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2925 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2926 in here too, while we're at it. */
2929 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
2931 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
2933 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
2934 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
2935 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
2936 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
2940 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2942 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2943 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
2945 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2946 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2948 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2950 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
2952 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
2954 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2955 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
2956 abfd
->section_count
--;
2959 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2964 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2966 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2968 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
2969 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2970 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
2973 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
2974 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
2981 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
2982 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
2988 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
2989 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
2990 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
2992 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
2993 || (link_info
== NULL
2994 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
2998 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
2999 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3000 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3002 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3003 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
3004 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3005 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3006 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3009 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3010 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3013 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3015 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3016 abfd
, section_number
);
3020 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3021 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3023 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3024 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3026 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3028 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3029 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3030 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3033 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3034 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3035 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3037 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3041 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3043 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3046 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3047 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3049 i_shdrp
[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3050 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3052 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3053 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3056 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3061 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3063 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3064 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3065 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3066 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3067 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3069 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3071 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3072 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3073 the relocation entries apply. */
3074 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3076 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3077 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3078 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3080 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3082 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3083 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3084 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3087 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3088 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3090 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3093 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3094 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3096 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3097 if (discarded_section (s
))
3100 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3101 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3102 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3104 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3105 size as the discarded one. */
3106 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3109 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3115 s
= s
->output_section
;
3116 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3120 /* Handle objcopy. */
3121 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3123 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3124 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3125 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3126 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3129 s
= s
->output_section
;
3131 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3136 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3137 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3138 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3140 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3141 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3142 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3143 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3144 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3149 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3153 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3154 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3155 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3156 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3157 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3158 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3159 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3161 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3163 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3165 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
3169 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3172 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3173 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3178 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3179 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3180 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3181 field to point to this section. */
3182 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3183 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3188 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3189 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3192 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3193 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3194 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3198 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3200 /* This is a .stab section. */
3201 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3202 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3203 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3210 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3211 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3212 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3213 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3215 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3217 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3220 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3221 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3222 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3223 the version strings. */
3224 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3225 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3227 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3232 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3233 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3234 this hash table or version table is for. */
3235 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3237 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3241 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3245 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3246 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3247 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3249 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3250 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3255 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3257 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3258 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3259 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3260 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3262 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
3263 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3264 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3267 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3268 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3271 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3273 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
3275 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
3278 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
3279 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
3280 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
3281 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3282 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
3283 || (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
3284 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
3285 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
3288 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3289 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3292 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
3294 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3295 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3296 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3297 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3298 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3299 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3300 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3307 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3311 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3313 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3314 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3318 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3319 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3321 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3322 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3324 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3325 decided to output. */
3326 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3328 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3330 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3332 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
3333 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3335 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3337 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3338 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3340 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3344 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3345 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3347 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3349 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3353 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3354 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3355 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3356 at least in that case. */
3357 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3359 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3361 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3368 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3369 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
3370 sizeof (asymbol
*));
3372 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3375 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3377 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3380 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3381 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3382 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3387 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3389 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3391 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3393 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3396 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3397 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3400 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3402 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3406 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3408 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
3412 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3413 ELF data structure. */
3415 static inline file_ptr
3416 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3418 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3421 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3422 required section alignment. */
3425 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3429 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
3430 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
3431 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3432 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3433 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3434 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3435 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3439 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3440 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3441 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3444 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3445 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3447 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3448 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
3450 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3451 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3452 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3454 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3457 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3458 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3459 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3461 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3464 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3465 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3467 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
3468 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
3469 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
3473 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3476 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3477 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
3478 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3479 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3483 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3484 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3486 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3491 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3493 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3498 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3499 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3500 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3501 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3502 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3503 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3504 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3505 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3506 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3507 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3508 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3510 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3516 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3518 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
3520 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3521 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3523 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3524 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3525 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3527 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3528 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3530 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
3532 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3534 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3535 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3537 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3540 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3545 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3546 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3548 static bfd_size_type
3549 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3553 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3555 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3556 and one for data. */
3559 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3560 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3562 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3563 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3564 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3569 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
3571 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3575 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
3577 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3581 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
3583 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3587 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
3589 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3593 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3595 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3596 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
3598 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3600 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3601 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3602 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3603 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3604 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3605 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3607 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
3608 while (s
->next
!= NULL
3609 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
3610 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3611 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->next
->name
, ".note"))
3616 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3618 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3620 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3626 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3627 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3628 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
3632 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
3638 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3641 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3644 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
3646 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3647 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
3649 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
3655 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
3656 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
3663 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3665 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3666 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3667 asection
**sections
,
3672 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3677 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3678 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3679 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3683 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3684 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3685 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3686 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3688 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3690 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3691 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3692 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3698 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3701 struct elf_segment_map
*
3702 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3704 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3706 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3707 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3711 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3713 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3718 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3721 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
3722 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3723 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
3725 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
3726 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3728 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3729 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3730 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3731 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3733 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
3736 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
3738 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
3740 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3741 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3742 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
3744 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
3748 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
3750 if (remove_empty_load
&& (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
3756 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3757 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
3759 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
3766 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3769 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3772 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3773 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3774 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3775 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
3777 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
3780 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
3782 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
3786 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3787 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3790 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3791 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3793 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3794 bfd_boolean writable
;
3796 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3797 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3799 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
3801 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3803 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
3804 sizeof (asection
*));
3805 if (sections
== NULL
)
3808 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
3809 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
3811 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
3812 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
3815 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3817 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3821 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
3822 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
3823 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
3826 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3829 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3831 /* Build the mapping. */
3836 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3837 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3839 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3840 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3842 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3843 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3847 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3848 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3849 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3850 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3851 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3856 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3857 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3861 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3869 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3870 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3871 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3875 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
3877 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3879 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
3882 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3883 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3884 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3885 program headers we will need. */
3888 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
3890 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3891 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
3892 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
3893 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
3894 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
3895 || ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) % maxpagesize
3896 < phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
3897 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
) < wrap_to
)
3898 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3901 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3904 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
3908 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3911 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
3913 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3914 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3915 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3917 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
3919 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3920 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3924 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
3925 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
3927 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
3928 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
3931 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
3932 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
3933 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
3934 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
3935 section can be included in the current segment. */
3936 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
3938 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
3941 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3942 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3945 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
3946 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
3948 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3949 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3950 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3953 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
3955 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3956 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3957 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3958 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3961 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
3962 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
3963 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
3965 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3966 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3967 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3968 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3969 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3970 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3971 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3976 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3977 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3980 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3981 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
3983 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
3985 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
3991 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3994 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3995 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
3996 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3997 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4003 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4004 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
4006 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4013 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4019 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4020 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4021 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4025 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4028 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4030 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4031 && (i
- phdr_index
!= 1
4032 || ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4033 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
4035 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4043 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4046 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4053 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4054 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4055 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4056 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4057 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4059 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4061 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4062 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4067 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4068 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4069 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4071 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4072 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4073 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2
->next
->name
, ".note")
4074 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
, 2)
4080 amt
+= (count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4081 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4085 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4089 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4090 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4093 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4094 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4098 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4106 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4109 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4110 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4111 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4116 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4117 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4119 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4120 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
4122 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
4123 m
->sections
[i
] = first_tls
;
4124 first_tls
= first_tls
->next
;
4131 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4133 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
4134 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4135 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4137 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4138 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4142 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4144 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4150 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4152 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4153 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4157 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4158 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
4159 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
4160 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4161 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
4162 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
4164 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
4165 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
4172 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4174 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4176 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4178 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
4179 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
4182 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4183 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4184 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4187 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4192 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4195 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4196 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4200 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4202 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4210 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
4213 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
4216 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4218 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4223 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4228 /* Sort sections by address. */
4231 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4233 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4234 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4235 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4237 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4238 place the section into a segment. */
4239 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4241 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4244 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4245 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4246 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4248 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4251 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4253 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4259 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4260 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4261 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4262 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4267 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4272 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4273 before others at the same address. */
4275 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4276 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4283 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4286 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4288 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4289 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4290 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4291 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4292 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4295 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4296 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4298 /* In other words, something like:
4300 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4301 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4302 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4303 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4305 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4307 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4310 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4312 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
4313 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4315 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4319 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
4322 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
4327 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
4328 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4329 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
4330 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
4331 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4332 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
4334 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
4335 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
4339 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
4340 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
4341 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
4347 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
4352 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
4354 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
4357 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
4362 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4363 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4367 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4368 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4370 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4371 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4372 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4373 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4375 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4378 bfd_vma header_pad
= 0;
4379 bfd_vma relro_start
= 0, relro_end
= 0;
4381 if (link_info
== NULL
4382 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
4386 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4390 header_pad
= m
->header_size
;
4395 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4396 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4400 /* PR binutils/12467. */
4401 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
4402 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
4405 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4407 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4408 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4410 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
4411 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4415 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4419 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
4420 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
4421 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
4422 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
4423 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
4425 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
4426 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
4427 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
4428 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) % bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
4430 phdrs
= (Elf_Internal_Phdr
*)
4432 (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
),
4433 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4434 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4439 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4440 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4442 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4443 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4444 if (header_pad
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4450 /* Get start and end of PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4451 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
4453 relro_start
= link_info
->relro_start
;
4454 relro_end
= link_info
->relro_end
;
4458 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4459 if (m
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4461 relro_start
= m
->p_paddr
;
4462 relro_end
= relro_start
+ m
->p_size
;
4467 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
4469 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
4473 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
4475 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4476 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4477 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4478 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4479 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4481 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4482 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4483 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4486 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4487 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4488 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4489 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4490 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4491 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4492 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4497 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4499 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4500 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4501 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4504 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4506 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4507 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4509 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4510 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4511 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4512 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4513 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4514 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4515 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4517 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4518 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4520 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4522 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4523 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
4524 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4525 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4529 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4531 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4534 bfd_size_type align
;
4535 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4537 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4541 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4543 unsigned int secalign
;
4545 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4546 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4547 align_power
= secalign
;
4549 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4550 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4551 align
= maxpagesize
;
4554 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4555 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
4556 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4557 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4558 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4559 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
4561 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4564 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4565 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
4567 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4571 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
4575 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4576 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4577 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4578 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4579 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4580 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4581 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4582 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4587 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4588 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4589 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4591 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4594 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4596 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4599 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4600 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
4601 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4602 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
4608 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4610 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4612 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4613 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4616 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4618 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4619 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4621 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4626 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4631 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4633 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4636 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4638 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4642 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4643 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4644 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4648 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4649 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4652 p
->p_filesz
+= header_pad
;
4653 p
->p_memsz
+= header_pad
;
4657 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4658 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4660 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
4666 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4668 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4669 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4673 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4674 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4675 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4676 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4677 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4678 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4681 bfd_size_type align
;
4682 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4685 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
4686 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4688 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4689 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4690 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
4691 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
4692 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
4693 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
4695 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
4696 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
4697 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
4698 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
4702 || p_end
< p_start
))
4704 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4705 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd
, sec
,
4706 (unsigned long) s_start
, (unsigned long) p_end
);
4710 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4712 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4714 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
4716 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
4717 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
4719 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
4720 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
4724 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4728 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4730 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4734 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4735 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4736 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4742 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4751 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4753 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4754 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4755 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4757 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4758 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
4759 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
4761 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
4762 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
4763 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
4764 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
4765 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
4766 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
4768 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
4770 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
4773 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4775 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4776 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4777 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4778 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4779 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4780 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4782 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4784 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4785 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4787 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4789 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
4790 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4793 if (align
> p
->p_align
4794 && !m
->p_align_valid
4795 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4796 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4800 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4803 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
4805 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
4810 if (relro_start
!= 0
4811 && p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4812 && p
->p_vaddr
>= relro_start
)
4814 /* If PT_LOAD segment doesn't fit PT_GNU_RELRO segment,
4815 adjust its p_filesz and p_memsz. */
4816 if (p
->p_vaddr
+ p
->p_filesz
< relro_end
)
4818 bfd_vma adjust
= relro_end
- (p
->p_vaddr
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4819 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4822 if (p
->p_vaddr
+ p
->p_memsz
< relro_end
)
4823 p
->p_memsz
+= relro_end
- (p
->p_vaddr
+ p
->p_memsz
);
4828 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4829 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4830 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4832 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
4834 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4835 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
4836 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
4837 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
4838 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
4839 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
4841 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
4846 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4848 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4851 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
4852 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
4853 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
4854 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
4856 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4857 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4859 print_segment_map (m
);
4865 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4869 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4872 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4873 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4875 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4876 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
4877 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4878 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4879 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4880 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4881 struct elf_segment_map
*hdrs_segment
;
4882 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4883 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4885 unsigned int num_sec
;
4889 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4890 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4891 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4892 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4894 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4897 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4898 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
4899 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4900 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
4901 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
4902 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4904 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4905 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4906 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4908 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
4910 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
4911 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4912 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4913 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4916 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4918 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
4921 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4922 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4923 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
4924 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]
4925 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)])
4926 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4928 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4931 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4932 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4936 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4938 hdrs_segment
= NULL
;
4939 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4940 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
4943 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
4946 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4948 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4949 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4951 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4953 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4954 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4955 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4958 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4959 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4964 if (hdrs_segment
!= NULL
&& link_info
!= NULL
)
4966 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
4967 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
4968 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
4970 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
4971 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
4972 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4973 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
4975 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
4976 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4977 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4978 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4981 if (hdrs_segment
->count
!= 0)
4982 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
4983 s
= hdrs_segment
->sections
[0];
4985 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
4986 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4995 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
4996 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5000 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5001 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
5004 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5005 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
5010 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5012 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5014 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
5015 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
5017 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5019 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
5021 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
5023 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
5025 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5026 && lp
->p_vaddr
< link_info
->relro_end
5027 && lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
>= link_info
->relro_end
5029 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
>= link_info
->relro_start
)
5033 /* PR ld/14207. If the RELRO segment doesn't fit in the
5034 LOAD segment, it should be removed. */
5035 BFD_ASSERT (lm
!= NULL
);
5039 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
5040 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
5041 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
5043 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5044 && lp
->p_paddr
== p
->p_paddr
)
5049 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
)
5051 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
5052 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
5053 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
5054 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5055 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
5056 else if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5057 p
->p_filesz
= m
->p_size
;
5060 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
5061 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5062 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5063 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5064 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5066 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
5068 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5069 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
5073 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
5074 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5077 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
5079 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5080 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
5082 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
5084 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5085 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
5086 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
5088 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
5091 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
5092 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
5094 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
5095 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
5096 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5098 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
5105 else if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5107 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5108 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5109 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
5111 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5113 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
5114 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5115 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
5119 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5124 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5125 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5126 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5128 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5129 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5130 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5131 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5132 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5133 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5134 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5136 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5139 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
5140 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5142 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5143 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5145 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5147 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
5148 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5150 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5151 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5152 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
5155 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5156 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
5158 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5159 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5160 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5161 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
5163 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5166 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5167 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5168 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
5169 || i
== elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)
5170 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
))
5172 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5175 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5182 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5183 assignment of sections to segments. */
5184 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5187 /* And for non-load sections. */
5188 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5191 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
5193 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
5197 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
5198 if (link_info
!= NULL
5199 && link_info
->executable
5200 && link_info
->shared
)
5202 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
5203 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
5204 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
5206 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
5207 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5208 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
5209 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
5210 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5212 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
5213 segments is non-zero. */
5215 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5218 /* Write out the program headers. */
5219 alloc
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5220 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5221 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
5224 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5227 /* Place the section headers. */
5228 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
5229 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
5230 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
5232 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5238 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
5240 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5241 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
5242 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5244 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5246 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5247 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
5250 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
5252 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
5253 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
5254 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
5255 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
5257 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
5258 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
5259 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
5260 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5262 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5263 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
5264 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
5265 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5266 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5267 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
5269 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
5271 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
5273 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
5274 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
5277 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5278 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5279 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5280 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5281 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5282 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5283 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5284 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5286 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
5289 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5290 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5292 /* No program header, for now. */
5293 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5294 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5295 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
5297 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5298 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
5299 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
5301 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5302 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
5303 /* It all happens later. */
5307 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5308 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5311 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5312 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
5313 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5314 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
5315 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5316 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
5317 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5318 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5319 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
5325 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5326 of the loadable file image. */
5329 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
5332 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
5333 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
5335 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5337 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5338 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
5340 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
5343 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5344 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
5345 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
5348 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5352 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5354 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5355 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
5357 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
5358 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
5360 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
5361 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
5364 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5367 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
5371 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
5373 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5374 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5375 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
5377 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
5378 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
5379 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
5381 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5383 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5384 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5389 /* Write out the section header names. */
5390 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5391 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5392 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5393 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5396 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5397 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
, elf_linker (abfd
));
5399 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
5402 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
5403 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
5404 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
5410 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5412 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5413 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5416 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5419 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5421 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5422 unsigned int sec_index
;
5424 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5425 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5426 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5428 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5429 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
5430 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5431 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
5432 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5433 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
5435 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
5437 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5438 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5440 int retval
= sec_index
;
5442 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5446 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
5447 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5452 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5456 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5458 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5460 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5462 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5463 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5464 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5465 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5466 input sections rather than the output section. */
5467 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5468 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5469 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5474 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5475 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5476 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5477 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5478 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5479 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5480 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5483 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5487 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5488 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5489 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5490 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5491 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5492 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5499 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
5500 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, (long) flags
);
5508 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5511 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5513 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5514 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5515 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5516 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5517 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5520 unsigned int num_segments
;
5521 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5522 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
5523 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5524 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5525 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5526 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5528 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5529 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5532 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5534 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5535 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5537 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5538 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5539 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5540 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5542 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5543 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5544 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5545 ? section->size : 0)
5547 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5548 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5549 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5550 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5551 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5552 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5554 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5555 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5556 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5557 (section->lma >= base \
5558 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5559 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5561 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5562 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5563 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5564 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5565 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5566 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5567 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5569 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5571 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5573 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5577 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5578 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5579 p_memsz set to 0. */
5580 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5582 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5583 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5584 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5585 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5587 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5588 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5589 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5591 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5592 A section will be included if:
5593 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5594 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5595 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5597 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5598 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5599 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5600 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5601 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5602 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5603 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5604 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5605 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5606 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5607 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5608 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5609 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5610 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5611 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5612 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5613 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5614 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5615 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5616 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5617 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5618 || (segment->p_paddr \
5619 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5620 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5621 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5623 && !section->segment_mark)
5625 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5626 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5627 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5628 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5629 && section->output_section != NULL)
5631 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5632 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5633 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5635 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5636 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5637 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5638 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5639 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5641 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5642 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5643 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5644 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5645 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5647 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5648 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5649 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5651 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5652 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5653 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5654 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5655 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
5656 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5659 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5661 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
5665 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5666 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5667 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5668 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5669 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5674 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5676 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5677 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5678 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5680 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5681 assignment code will work. */
5682 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5686 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5688 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5689 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5690 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5694 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5695 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5697 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5699 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5700 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5703 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5704 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5706 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5708 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5709 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
5711 if (extra_length
> 0)
5713 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5714 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5717 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5719 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5721 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5726 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5728 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5729 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
5731 if (extra_length
> 0)
5733 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5734 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5737 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5742 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5743 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5747 unsigned int section_count
;
5748 asection
**sections
;
5749 asection
*output_section
;
5751 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5752 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5755 asection
*first_section
;
5756 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma
;
5757 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma
;
5759 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5762 first_section
= NULL
;
5763 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5764 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5766 section
= section
->next
)
5768 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5769 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5770 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5772 if (first_section
== NULL
)
5773 first_section
= section
;
5774 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5779 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5780 all of the sections we have selected. */
5781 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5782 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5783 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
5787 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5788 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5790 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5791 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5792 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5794 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5795 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5797 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5799 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5800 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
5803 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5804 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5805 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5806 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5807 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5809 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5811 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5812 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5813 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5814 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5815 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5817 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5818 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5821 if (section_count
== 0)
5823 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5824 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5825 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5826 a warning is produced. */
5827 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5828 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5829 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5833 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5834 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5839 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5840 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5841 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5842 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5844 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5845 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5848 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5849 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5850 of the first section.
5852 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5853 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5854 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5855 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5856 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5858 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5859 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5860 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5861 or segments to contain the other sections.
5863 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5864 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5865 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5867 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5868 if (sections
== NULL
)
5871 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5872 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5873 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5874 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5875 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5880 first_matching_lma
= TRUE
;
5881 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
5883 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5885 section
= section
->next
)
5886 if (section
== first_section
)
5889 for (j
= 0; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5891 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5893 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5895 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5897 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5898 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5899 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5900 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5902 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
5903 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5905 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
5906 && output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
5907 + (map
->includes_filehdr
5910 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5912 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5914 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5916 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5917 LMA address of the output section. */
5918 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5919 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
5920 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5921 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
5923 if (first_matching_lma
|| output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
)
5925 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5926 first_matching_lma
= FALSE
;
5929 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5930 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5932 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
5934 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
5936 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5937 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
5940 if (j
== section_count
)
5945 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
5947 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5949 if (isec
== section_count
)
5951 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5952 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5953 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5954 program header in the input BFD. */
5955 map
->count
= section_count
;
5956 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5957 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5960 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5961 && matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
5962 && !map
->includes_filehdr
5963 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
5964 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5965 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5967 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
5974 if (!first_matching_lma
)
5976 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5977 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5978 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5979 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
5983 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5984 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5985 the LMA of the first section. */
5986 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5989 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5990 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5991 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
5993 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
)
5994 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
5997 map
->includes_filehdr
= FALSE
;
5998 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
6002 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
6004 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
6006 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6008 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
6009 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
6010 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
6011 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
6012 offset when we know the correct value. */
6013 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
6014 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
6017 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
6021 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
6022 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
6023 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
6024 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
6025 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
6026 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
6033 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
6035 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
6036 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
6038 section
= sections
[j
];
6040 if (section
== NULL
)
6043 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
6045 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
6047 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
6048 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
6050 if (map
->count
== 0)
6052 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
6053 the beginning of the segment, then something is
6055 if (output_section
->lma
6057 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
6058 + (map
->includes_phdrs
6059 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
6067 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
6069 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
6070 and the start of this section is more than
6071 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
6072 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
6074 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
6075 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
6076 > output_section
->lma
))
6078 if (first_suggested_lma
)
6080 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6081 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6088 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
6091 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6093 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6095 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6096 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6100 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
6102 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
6103 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6104 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6106 if (isec
< section_count
)
6108 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
6109 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
6110 and carry on looping. */
6111 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6112 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6113 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6120 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
6121 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
6122 not yet been assigned. */
6124 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6125 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6126 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6127 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6128 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6129 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
6130 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6133 while (isec
< section_count
);
6138 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
6140 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
6141 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
6142 the offset if necessary. */
6143 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
6147 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
6150 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
6151 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
6152 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6157 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
6158 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
6160 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6161 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6162 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6163 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6164 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6165 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6169 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6172 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6174 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6175 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6176 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6177 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6178 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6180 unsigned int num_segments
;
6181 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6182 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6184 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6187 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6189 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6190 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6191 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6192 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6193 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6196 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6198 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6202 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6207 unsigned int section_count
;
6209 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6210 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
6211 asection
*lowest_section
;
6213 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6214 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6216 section
= section
->next
)
6218 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6219 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6221 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6222 first_section
= section
;
6227 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6228 all of the sections we have selected. */
6229 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6230 if (section_count
!= 0)
6231 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6232 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6236 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6239 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6240 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6241 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6242 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6243 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6244 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
6245 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
6246 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
6248 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
6249 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6251 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6252 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6253 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6254 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
6255 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
6257 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
6258 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
6261 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6262 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6263 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6264 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6266 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6267 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6269 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6270 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6271 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6272 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6273 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6275 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6276 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6279 lowest_section
= first_section
;
6280 if (section_count
!= 0)
6282 unsigned int isec
= 0;
6284 for (section
= first_section
;
6286 section
= section
->next
)
6288 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6289 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6291 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
6292 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6296 if (section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
6297 lowest_section
= section
;
6299 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6300 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6301 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6302 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6304 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
6305 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
6307 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6308 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
6309 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6311 if (isec
== section_count
)
6317 if (map
->includes_filehdr
&& lowest_section
!= NULL
)
6318 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
6319 map
->header_size
= lowest_section
->vma
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6321 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
6322 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6323 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
6324 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
6325 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0)
6326 - segment
->p_paddr
);
6328 map
->count
= section_count
;
6329 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6330 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6333 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
6337 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
6341 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6343 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6344 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6347 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
6350 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
6352 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
6353 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
6354 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6355 asection
*section
, *osec
;
6356 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
6357 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6358 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6360 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6362 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
6363 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
6366 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
6367 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6368 section
= section
->next
)
6369 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6371 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6372 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6376 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
6377 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
6378 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
6379 map in this case. */
6380 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
6381 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
6382 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
6385 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
6386 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6388 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
6389 from the input BFD. */
6390 osec
= section
->output_section
;
6392 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6394 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
6395 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6396 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6398 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
6399 removed. What else do we need to check? */
6401 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
6402 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
6403 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
6404 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
6405 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
6406 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
6412 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
6414 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6415 section
= section
->next
)
6417 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
6420 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6423 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6427 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
6429 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
6430 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
6431 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6433 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6434 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
6436 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6439 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6440 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
6441 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
6443 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
6444 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
6447 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6450 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
6453 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6457 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6460 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6461 bfd_boolean final_link
= link_info
!= NULL
&& !link_info
->relocatable
;
6463 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6464 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6467 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
6469 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
6470 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
6471 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
6472 that the linker clears to differ. */
6473 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
6474 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
6476 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
6477 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
6478 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
6480 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6481 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
6482 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
6484 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6485 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6486 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6487 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6490 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
6491 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
6493 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
6494 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
6495 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6496 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
6500 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6502 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6503 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6504 may be NULL at this point. */
6505 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
6507 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6508 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
6509 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
6512 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
6517 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6518 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6521 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6526 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6528 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6529 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6532 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6533 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6535 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
6537 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
6538 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
6539 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
6540 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
6541 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
6543 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
6547 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
6548 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
6549 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
6550 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
6551 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
6555 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
6559 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
6560 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
6562 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6563 asection
*s
= first
;
6564 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
6568 /* If this member section is being output but the
6569 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
6570 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
6571 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
6572 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
6574 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
6575 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
6577 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
6578 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
6579 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
6580 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
6582 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
6588 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
6590 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
6591 adjust the input section size. This function may
6592 be called multiple times, so save the original
6594 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6595 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6596 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
6600 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
6602 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
6610 /* Copy private header information. */
6613 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6615 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6616 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6619 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6620 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6621 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6622 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6623 already been worked out. */
6624 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
6626 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
6630 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
6633 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6634 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6635 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6636 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6637 swap_out_syms function. */
6639 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6640 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6641 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6642 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6643 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6646 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6651 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6653 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6654 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6657 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6658 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6661 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
6663 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6667 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6668 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6669 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6670 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6671 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6672 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
6674 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
6675 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6676 else if (shndx
== elf_symtab_shndx (ibfd
))
6677 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6678 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6684 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6687 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6688 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6691 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6694 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6695 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6696 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6697 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6698 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6699 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6701 unsigned int num_locals
;
6703 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6705 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
6708 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6709 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6713 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6714 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6715 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6716 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6717 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6718 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6719 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
6720 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6722 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6723 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6725 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6726 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6727 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6729 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6732 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6734 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6735 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6736 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6738 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6739 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
6740 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6741 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6743 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6747 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6748 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6749 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6750 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6751 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6754 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6756 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6757 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6763 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6764 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
6765 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6766 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6767 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6768 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6772 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6773 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6775 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6776 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6778 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6779 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6780 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6781 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6784 if (!name_local_sections
6785 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6787 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6792 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6795 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6797 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6802 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6804 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6805 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6807 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6808 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6809 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6810 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6811 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6812 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6813 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6815 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6816 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6817 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6821 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6824 if (sec
->output_section
)
6826 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6827 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6830 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6831 if (! relocatable_p
)
6833 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6834 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6836 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6838 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6840 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6841 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6842 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6843 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6847 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6850 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6853 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
6856 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
6859 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
);
6868 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6870 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
6874 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6875 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6876 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6877 demand of applications. For example, it
6878 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6879 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6880 actually in the output file. */
6881 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6884 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6885 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6886 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6888 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6889 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6893 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6894 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= SHN_BAD
);
6898 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6901 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
6903 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6904 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
6905 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6907 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
6909 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
6911 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
6916 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
6919 /* Processor-specific types. */
6920 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
6921 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6922 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6923 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
6925 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6927 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6928 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6930 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6932 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6934 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6935 if (type
== STT_OBJECT
)
6936 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_COMMON
);
6939 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
6941 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6942 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6946 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
6947 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
6950 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
6952 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
6954 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
6955 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
6956 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6958 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6961 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
6964 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
6966 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
6967 sym
.st_target_internal
6968 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
6973 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
6976 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6977 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6978 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6979 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6983 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
6984 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6986 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
6987 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
6988 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6989 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
6990 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
6991 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
6996 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6998 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6999 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
7000 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
7003 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7007 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7009 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7010 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
7012 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
7018 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7022 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
7024 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7026 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7030 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7031 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
7033 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
7039 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7042 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
7045 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
7048 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7055 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7057 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
7060 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
7061 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
7062 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
7066 return section
->reloc_count
;
7070 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
7072 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7073 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
7076 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
7081 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
7082 asymbol
**allocation
)
7084 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7085 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
7088 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
7092 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
7093 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
7094 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
7095 dynamic reloc section. */
7098 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7103 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7105 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7109 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
7110 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7111 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7112 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7113 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7114 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
7115 * sizeof (arelent
*));
7120 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
7121 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
7122 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
7123 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
7124 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
7125 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
7126 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
7129 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7133 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
7137 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7139 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7143 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
7145 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7147 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7148 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7149 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7154 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
7156 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7158 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
7169 /* Read in the version information. */
7172 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
7174 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
7175 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
7177 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
7179 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7180 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
7181 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
7183 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
7185 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
7187 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
7188 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
7189 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
7192 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
7194 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7195 if (contents
== NULL
)
7197 error_return_verref
:
7198 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
7199 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
7202 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7203 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7204 goto error_return_verref
;
7206 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
7207 goto error_return_verref
;
7209 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
7210 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
7211 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
7212 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
7213 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
7214 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
7216 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
7217 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
7220 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
7222 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
7224 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
7225 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7227 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
7228 goto error_return_verref
;
7230 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
7231 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
7234 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
7235 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
7236 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
7237 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
7238 goto error_return_verref
;
7241 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
7242 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7243 goto error_return_verref
;
7245 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7246 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
7247 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
7248 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
7250 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
7252 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
7253 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7254 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
7255 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
7256 goto error_return_verref
;
7258 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
7259 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
7261 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
7263 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
7264 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
7265 goto error_return_verref
;
7267 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7268 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
7270 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
7271 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
7274 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
7275 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
7277 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
7279 if (iverneed
->vn_next
7280 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7281 goto error_return_verref
;
7283 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
7284 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
7291 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
7293 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7294 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
7295 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7296 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
7297 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
7299 unsigned int maxidx
;
7300 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
7302 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
7304 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7305 if (contents
== NULL
)
7307 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7308 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7311 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
7314 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
7315 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
7316 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7317 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
7318 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7319 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
7321 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
7322 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
7324 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7326 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
7328 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7330 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
7331 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
7333 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
7334 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7337 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7338 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
7341 if (default_imported_symver
)
7343 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
7348 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7349 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7350 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7353 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
7355 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7356 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
7357 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
7359 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
7360 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7363 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7365 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
7367 error_return_verdef
:
7368 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
7369 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
7373 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
7374 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7376 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7378 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
7379 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
7382 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7383 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
7384 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
7385 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7386 goto error_return_verdef
;
7390 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7391 goto error_return_verdef
;
7393 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7394 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
7395 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7396 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
7398 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
7400 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
7401 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7402 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
7403 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
7404 goto error_return_verdef
;
7406 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7407 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
7409 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
7411 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
7412 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
7413 goto error_return_verdef
;
7415 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7416 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
7419 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7420 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
7422 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
7423 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
7425 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7427 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7428 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
7434 else if (default_imported_symver
)
7441 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7442 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7443 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7446 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
7449 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
7450 if (default_imported_symver
)
7452 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7453 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7455 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
7457 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
7458 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
7459 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
7460 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
7462 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7464 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
7465 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
7466 goto error_return_verdef
;
7467 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7468 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7469 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
7470 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7471 goto error_return_verdef
;
7473 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7474 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
7475 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
7481 if (contents
!= NULL
)
7487 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
7489 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
7490 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (elf_symbol_type
);
7492 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7497 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
7498 return &newsym
->symbol
;
7503 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7507 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
7510 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
7511 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
7515 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7518 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
7519 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
7522 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
7523 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
7524 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
7527 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
7528 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
7529 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
7530 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
7531 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
7532 we treat such symbols as local. */
7533 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
7540 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7541 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7548 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
7549 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
7550 unsigned long machine
)
7552 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7553 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7554 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
7555 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
7556 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
7559 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
7562 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
7563 for error reporting. */
7566 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd
,
7570 const char **filename_ptr
,
7571 const char **functionname_ptr
)
7573 struct elf_find_function_cache
7575 asection
*last_section
;
7577 const char *filename
;
7578 bfd_size_type func_size
;
7581 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7584 cache
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_find_function_cache
;
7587 cache
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*cache
));
7588 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_find_function_cache
= cache
;
7592 if (cache
->last_section
!= section
7593 || cache
->func
== NULL
7594 || offset
< cache
->func
->value
7595 || offset
>= cache
->func
->value
+ cache
->func_size
)
7600 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7601 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7602 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7603 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7604 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7605 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7606 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7607 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7608 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
7609 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7613 state
= nothing_seen
;
7614 cache
->filename
= NULL
;
7616 cache
->func_size
= 0;
7617 cache
->last_section
= section
;
7619 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
7625 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_FILE
) != 0)
7628 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
7629 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
7633 size
= bed
->maybe_function_sym (sym
, section
, &code_off
);
7635 && code_off
<= offset
7636 && (code_off
> low_func
7637 || (code_off
== low_func
7638 && size
> cache
->func_size
)))
7641 cache
->func_size
= size
;
7642 cache
->filename
= NULL
;
7643 low_func
= code_off
;
7645 && ((sym
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) != 0
7646 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
7647 cache
->filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
7649 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
7650 state
= symbol_seen
;
7654 if (cache
->func
== NULL
)
7658 *filename_ptr
= cache
->filename
;
7659 if (functionname_ptr
)
7660 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (cache
->func
);
7665 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7666 for error reporting. */
7669 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
7673 const char **filename_ptr
,
7674 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7675 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7677 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (abfd
, section
, symbols
,
7678 offset
, filename_ptr
,
7685 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (bfd
*abfd
,
7689 const char **filename_ptr
,
7690 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7691 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
7692 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
7696 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7697 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7700 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7701 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7702 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7708 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, dwarf_debug_sections
,
7709 section
, symbols
, offset
,
7710 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7711 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
, 0,
7712 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7714 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7715 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7716 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7722 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7723 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7724 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7725 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7727 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7730 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7733 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7734 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7741 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7744 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7745 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7747 return _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7748 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7753 _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7754 const char **filename_ptr
,
7755 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
7756 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
7758 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7759 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
, 0,
7760 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7763 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7764 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7765 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7766 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7767 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7770 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7771 const char **filename_ptr
,
7772 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7773 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7776 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7777 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7778 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7783 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7785 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7786 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7788 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7790 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
7792 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
7794 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
7797 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7798 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
7801 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
7804 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
7812 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7814 const void *location
,
7816 bfd_size_type count
)
7818 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7821 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7822 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7825 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7826 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7827 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7828 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7835 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7836 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7837 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7842 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7845 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7847 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7849 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7851 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7852 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7854 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7855 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7857 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7859 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7862 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7865 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7868 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7871 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7874 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7877 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7883 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7885 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7887 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7888 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7890 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7895 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7901 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7904 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7907 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7910 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7913 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7919 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7923 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7931 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7932 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7933 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
7934 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7939 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
7941 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
7942 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
7944 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
7945 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
7946 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7949 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
7952 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7953 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7954 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7957 bfd_reloc_status_type
7958 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7959 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7960 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7961 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7962 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7964 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
7967 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7968 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7969 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7970 out details about the corefile. */
7972 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7973 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
7974 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
7975 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7978 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
7979 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
7982 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
7986 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
7988 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
7993 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7994 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7995 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7999 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
8003 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
8006 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
8010 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
8011 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
8012 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
8016 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
8017 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
8018 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
8019 such a section already exists.
8020 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
8021 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
8022 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
8024 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8030 char *threaded_name
;
8034 /* Build the section name. */
8036 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8037 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8038 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8039 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
8041 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
8043 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
8048 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
8049 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8051 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
8054 /* prstatus_t exists on:
8056 linux 2.[01] + glibc
8060 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8063 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8068 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
8072 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8073 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8074 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8076 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8077 has already been set by another thread. */
8078 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8079 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8080 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
8081 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8083 /* pr_who exists on:
8086 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8089 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
8090 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8092 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8095 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8096 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
8098 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8099 prstatus32_t prstat
;
8101 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8102 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
8103 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8105 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8106 has already been set by another thread. */
8107 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8108 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8109 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
8110 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8112 /* pr_who exists on:
8115 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8118 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
8119 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8121 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8124 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
8127 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8128 note size (ie. data object type). */
8132 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
8133 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
8134 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
8136 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
8138 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
8140 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8142 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8144 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
8145 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
8148 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
8149 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
8150 data structure apart. */
8153 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8155 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8158 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
8159 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
8163 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8165 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8168 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
8169 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
8170 contents literally. */
8173 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8175 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
8179 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8181 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
8185 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8187 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
8191 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8193 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
8197 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8199 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
8203 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8205 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
8209 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8211 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
8215 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8217 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
8221 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8223 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
8227 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8229 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
8233 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8235 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
8239 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8241 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
8245 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8247 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
8251 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8253 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
8257 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8259 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
8263 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8265 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
8268 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
8269 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8270 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8271 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8275 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8276 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8277 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8278 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8282 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
8283 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
8284 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
8287 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
8290 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
8298 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
8302 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
8308 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8310 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8312 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
8314 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
8316 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8318 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
8319 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8321 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
8322 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8323 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8325 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8326 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8327 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8329 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8330 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
8332 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8333 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
8335 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8337 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
8338 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8340 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
8341 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8342 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8344 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8345 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8346 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8352 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8353 note size (ie. data object type). */
8357 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
8358 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
8359 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
8362 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
8363 int n
= strlen (command
);
8365 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
8366 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
8371 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
8373 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8375 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8377 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
8378 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
8379 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
8385 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8387 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8389 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8390 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
8392 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8395 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8397 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8400 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
8401 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
8402 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
8406 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
8408 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8410 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8412 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8418 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
8419 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
8420 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
8425 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8427 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
8428 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
8430 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8431 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
8433 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8435 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8436 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8437 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8440 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8442 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8446 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8447 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8448 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8449 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8452 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8453 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
8454 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8457 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8459 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8462 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
8464 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8465 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8466 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8469 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8471 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8475 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8476 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8477 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8478 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8481 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
8482 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
8483 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
8486 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8488 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
8490 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
8493 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8500 int is_active_thread
;
8503 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
8506 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
8509 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
8513 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
8514 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
8515 /* process_info.pid */
8516 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8517 /* process_info.signal */
8518 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
8521 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
8522 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8523 /* thread_info.tid */
8524 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
8526 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8527 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8531 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8533 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8537 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8539 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8540 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
8541 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8543 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
8544 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8546 if (is_active_thread
)
8547 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8551 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
8552 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
8553 /* module_info.base_address */
8554 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
8555 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
8557 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8558 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8562 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8564 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8569 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8570 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8571 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8582 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8584 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8592 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
8593 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
8595 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8596 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
8601 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8603 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8606 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8608 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
8611 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
8612 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8614 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
8615 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8617 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
8618 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8619 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8620 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8624 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
8625 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8626 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8627 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
8632 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8633 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8634 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
8639 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8640 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8641 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
8645 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
8646 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8647 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8648 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
8653 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8654 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8655 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
8659 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
8660 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8661 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8662 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
8666 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
8667 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8668 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8669 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
8674 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8675 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8676 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
8680 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
8681 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8682 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8683 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
8687 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
8688 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8689 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8690 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
8694 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
8695 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8696 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8697 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
8702 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8703 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8704 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
8709 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8710 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8711 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
8716 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8717 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8718 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
8722 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
8723 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8724 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8725 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
8729 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
8730 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8731 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8732 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
8738 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
8739 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
8741 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8742 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
8749 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
8754 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8755 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8756 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8762 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
8766 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
8772 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8774 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
8776 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
8779 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
8780 t
->build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*t
->build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
8781 if (t
->build_id
== NULL
)
8784 t
->build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8785 memcpy (t
->build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
8791 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8798 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
8799 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
8804 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8806 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
8807 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct sdt_note
)
8810 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
8811 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
8812 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
8814 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
8820 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8825 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
8833 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
8837 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
8840 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
8847 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8849 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8850 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
8851 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8853 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
8854 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
8855 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
8857 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8858 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8859 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
8861 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
8866 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8870 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
8871 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
8873 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
8875 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
8876 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
8877 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
8878 creates a core file. */
8880 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8883 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
8884 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
8885 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
8888 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
8892 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
8894 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
8895 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
8897 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
8898 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
8901 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
8902 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8904 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
8905 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8911 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8912 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8917 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
8918 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8920 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
8921 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8931 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8933 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8934 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
8935 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8937 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
8938 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
8939 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
8941 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8942 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8943 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
8949 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8951 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
8952 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8954 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
8955 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8957 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
8958 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8960 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
8961 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8963 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
8965 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
8970 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8971 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8972 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8977 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
8979 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
8984 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8985 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8986 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8995 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
8997 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
9004 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
9005 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
9007 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
9008 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
9010 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
9011 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
9013 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
9014 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
9016 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
9017 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
9020 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
9021 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
9022 thread just in case. */
9023 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
9024 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
9026 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
9027 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
9029 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
9034 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9038 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9039 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9040 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9042 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
9046 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
9047 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9055 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
9056 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
9058 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
9063 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9067 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9068 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9069 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9071 /* This is the current thread. */
9072 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
9073 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
9078 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
9079 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
9080 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
9081 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
9084 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9086 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
9087 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
9089 static long tid
= 1;
9093 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
9094 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
9095 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
9096 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
9097 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
9098 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
9099 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
9100 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
9107 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9113 /* Use note name as section name. */
9115 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9118 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
9119 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
9121 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9125 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9126 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9127 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
9132 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
9135 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
9139 size of data for note
9141 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
9142 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
9143 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
9144 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
9147 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
9150 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
9158 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
9165 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
9167 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
9169 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
9172 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
9173 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
9174 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
9175 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
9176 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
9177 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
9181 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
9189 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
9200 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
9206 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9208 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9211 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9212 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
9217 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9218 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9219 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9221 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9223 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9226 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9229 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9230 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9231 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9232 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9233 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9238 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9240 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9243 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9246 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9247 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9248 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9249 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9250 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9252 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
9259 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
9260 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9261 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
9263 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data
;
9265 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9266 LINUX_PRPSINFO32_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd
, prpsinfo
, data
);
9268 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
9269 &data
, sizeof (data
));
9273 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
9274 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9275 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
9277 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data
;
9279 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9280 LINUX_PRPSINFO64_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd
, prpsinfo
, data
);
9282 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9283 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9287 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9294 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9296 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9299 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9301 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
9306 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9307 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9308 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9310 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9312 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9313 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9314 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9315 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9316 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9317 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9324 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9325 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9326 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9327 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9328 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9329 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9331 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
9337 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9339 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9346 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9347 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9349 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9350 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
9351 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9352 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9353 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
9354 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9356 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
9357 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
9359 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
9360 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
9363 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9364 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9366 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
9368 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9370 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9374 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9375 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9377 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9378 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9379 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9381 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9385 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9386 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9387 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9388 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9396 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9397 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9398 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9399 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9403 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
9406 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9412 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9413 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9414 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
9418 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9421 const void *xfpregs
,
9424 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9425 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9426 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
9430 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9431 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
9433 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9434 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9435 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
9439 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
9442 const void *ppc_vmx
,
9445 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9446 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9447 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
9451 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
9454 const void *ppc_vsx
,
9457 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9458 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9459 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
9463 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
9466 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
9469 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9470 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9471 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
9472 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
9476 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
9479 const void *s390_timer
,
9482 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9483 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9484 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
9488 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
9491 const void *s390_todcmp
,
9494 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9495 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9496 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
9500 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9503 const void *s390_todpreg
,
9506 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9507 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9508 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
9512 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
9515 const void *s390_ctrs
,
9518 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9519 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9520 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
9524 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
9527 const void *s390_prefix
,
9530 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9531 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9532 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
9536 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
9539 const void *s390_last_break
,
9542 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9543 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9544 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
9545 s390_last_break
, size
);
9549 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
9552 const void *s390_system_call
,
9555 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9556 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9557 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
9558 s390_system_call
, size
);
9562 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
9565 const void *s390_tdb
,
9568 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9569 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9570 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
9574 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
9577 const void *arm_vfp
,
9580 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9581 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9582 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
9586 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
9589 const void *aarch_tls
,
9592 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9593 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9594 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
9598 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
9601 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
9604 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9605 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9606 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
9610 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
9613 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
9616 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9617 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9618 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
9622 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
9625 const char *section
,
9629 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
9630 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9631 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
9632 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9633 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
9634 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9635 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
9636 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9637 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
9638 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9639 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
9640 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9641 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
9642 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9643 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
9644 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9645 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
9646 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9647 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
9648 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9649 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
9650 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9651 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
9652 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9653 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
9654 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9655 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
9656 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9657 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
9658 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9659 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
9660 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9661 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
9662 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9663 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
9664 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9669 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
)
9674 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
9676 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
9677 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
9678 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
9680 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
9683 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
9685 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
9686 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
9687 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
9690 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
9691 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
9692 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
9694 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
9695 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
9698 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
9704 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE"))
9706 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
9709 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "OpenBSD"))
9711 if (! elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
9714 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "QNX"))
9716 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
9719 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "SPU/"))
9721 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd
, &in
))
9726 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
9732 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
9734 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
9737 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
9738 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
9740 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
9746 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
9753 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
9760 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
9763 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
);
9767 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
9768 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
))
9778 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
9780 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
9781 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
9782 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9785 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
9787 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9789 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9793 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
9796 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
9797 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
9798 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
9799 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
9801 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
9802 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9805 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
9809 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9811 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9815 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
9816 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
9817 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
9822 enum elf_reloc_type_class
9823 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9824 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9825 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9827 return reloc_class_normal
;
9830 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
9831 relocation against a local symbol. */
9834 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
9835 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
9837 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9839 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
9842 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
9843 + sec
->output_offset
9845 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
9846 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
9847 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
9850 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
9851 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9852 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
9855 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
9856 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
9857 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
9858 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
9859 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
9860 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9861 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
9864 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
9865 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9871 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
9872 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
9876 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
9878 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
9879 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
9881 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
9882 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9883 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
9887 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
9888 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9892 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9894 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9895 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9897 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9898 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
9900 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
9902 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9903 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
9904 offset
= sec
->size
- offset
- address_size
;
9910 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
9911 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
9912 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
9913 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
9914 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
9915 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
9917 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
9918 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
9919 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
9920 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
9921 the remote memory. */
9924 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
9928 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
9930 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
9931 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
9935 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
9936 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9937 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9942 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9945 const char *relplt_name
;
9946 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
9950 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9956 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
9959 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
9962 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
9965 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
9966 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
9967 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
9968 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
9972 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
9973 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
9974 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
9977 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
9981 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
9982 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
9985 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9986 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
9987 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
9988 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9990 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
9994 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
9996 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
10001 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
10005 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
10006 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
10008 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10013 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
10014 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
10017 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
10018 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
10019 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
10020 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
10021 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
10022 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
10024 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
10027 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
10028 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
10030 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
10034 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
10035 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
10036 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
10037 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
10040 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
10043 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
10044 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
10051 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
10052 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
10053 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
10054 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
10057 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd
* abfd
,
10058 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10060 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
10062 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
10064 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
10066 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
10067 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
10068 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
10069 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
10070 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
)
10071 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
10075 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
10076 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
10077 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
10080 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
10082 return (type
== STT_FUNC
10083 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
10086 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
10087 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
10088 otherwise return zero. */
10091 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
10094 bfd_size_type size
;
10096 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
10097 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
10098 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
10101 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
10103 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
10104 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;